<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://pc5271.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Xiaoyue</id>
	<title>pc5271AY2526wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://pc5271.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Xiaoyue"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php/Special:Contributions/Xiaoyue"/>
	<updated>2026-04-15T20:52:31Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.6</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=726</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=726"/>
		<updated>2026-04-12T01:39:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* repeatability check */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax, they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepared fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors, followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We describe the process of CQD synthesis:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# 1.0 g of citric acid and 1.0 g of urea were weighed and placed in a test tube.&lt;br /&gt;
# The mixture was moistened with approximately 3 drops of deionized water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then we heated the mixture in a household microwave oven at full power. During heating, the reaction mixture frothed and gradually darkened. &lt;br /&gt;
# The heating process was stopped when the mixture became dark brown and the frothing had mostly subsided, which typically occurred after 2–3 min.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We excited the photoluminescence of the CQD with a commercial UV LED laser pointed at an angle about 37° as it provides effective excitation of the CQD solution while positioning the brightest fluorescent region toward the spectrometer and reducing direct scattered excitation light entering the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We measured the fluorescence with an Ocean Optics [ST03418] spectrometer device. Since carbon quantum dots typically produce relatively weak photoluminescence, only a small fraction of the emitted light would reach the spectrometer without optical collection, resulting in a lower signal level and poorer signal-to-background ratio. Therefore, we conducted the experiment in a dark room to minimize interference from ambient light. Moreover, a collection lens was used to increase the collection efficiency by gathering a larger solid angle of emitted light and directing it toward the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our setup, the lens (focal length=18mm) was placed approximately 3.3 cm from the emitting region. Based on the thin-lens equation, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{1}{f}=\frac{1}{u}+\frac{1}{v},&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where we substitute &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f=18&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;mm and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u=33&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;mm, we get &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v\approx3.95&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;cm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This positive value of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; indicates that the lens forms a real image of the emitting region. In practice, this means the lens can collect fluorescence from the sample and focus it more effectively into the detection path. A short focal length such as 18 mm is appropriate because it allows strong light collection from a nearby source and is well suited to weak fluorescence measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
The collection can also be estimated from the solid angle. For a lens at distance &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the collection half-angle is approximately&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\theta\approx \tan^{-1}(\frac{D/2}{u}),&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;D&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the lens diameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Experiment.jpeg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup_R.jpg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup.jpg|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, the solution concentration had a significant impact on the measurement results. Usable data were obtained only after the solution had been diluted until it became completely colorless and the spectrometer integral time had been increased to its maximum(6s). A possible explanation is that an excessive concentration of fluorescent species in the solution may partially block the emitted light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each setup, we measure two sets of spectra:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure the reported spectra accurately reflect the intrinsic photoluminescence (PL) of the Carbon Quantum Dots (CQDs), the following post-acquisition processing protocol was implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the identical optoelectronic configurations conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the solvent blank from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region proximal to the excitation wavelength to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artefacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the processed spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \text{argmax}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results and discussions ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:cqd_water_solution_compare.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The background-subtracted spectrum shows a clear broad positive emission band, confirming that the CQD solution produces genuine photoluminescence rather than only solvent or instrumental background. The dominant emission peak is located at &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\mathrm{peak}} = 548.28\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, placing the fluorescence in the green region of the visible spectrum. The extracted peak intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{peak}} = 717.72\ \mathrm{a.u.}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, while the integrated intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}} = 73457.29\ \mathrm{a.u.\ nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, indicating that the sample is clearly fluorescent under the present measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emission width is relatively broad, with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM} = 91.73\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. This suggests that the fluorescence is not produced by a highly uniform single emissive state, but more likely by a distribution of emissive environments or overlapping emissive centers. In other words, the sample shows strong fluorescence but only moderate spectral uniformity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several narrow spikes and sharp dips remain in the cleaned raw trace. These are much narrower than the main emission band and are therefore attributed to detector or subtraction artifacts rather than intrinsic CQD features. Overall, the result indicates a fluorescent green-emitting CQD sample with noticeable spectral heterogeneity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== repeatability check ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Raw_rep.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Raw_dil.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was a 7-day interval between the measurements for the first and second graphs. Due to solvent evaporation, we re-diluted the solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dataset1.pdf|400px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dataset2.pdf|400px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both datasets show a CQD-related emission feature , indicating CQD photoluminescence is present before and after dilution. The undiluted peak position is stable around &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}} \approx 547.5\,\text{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; (std &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sim 3.0\,\text{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;), while the diluted mean remains near &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}} \approx 544.6\,\text{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; but with much larger scatter (std &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sim 31\,\text{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;).The undiluted sample exhibits a strong, repeatable peak &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{peak}} \approx 689\,\text{a.u.}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; (RSD &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sim 11.6\%&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;). After dilution, the peak collapses to &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{peak}} \approx 32.5\,\text{a.u.}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; (&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sim 21\times&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; lower) and repeatability worsens (RSD &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sim 45\%&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;). CQD emission remains, but the usable fluorescence signal approaches the background level, amplifying sensitivity to environment light noise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the undiluted case, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}} \approx 6.91\times10^{4}\,\mathrm{a.u.}\cdot\mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; with RSD &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sim 11.2\%&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, indicating a robust total-emission metric. After dilution, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}} \approx 1.46\times10^{3}\,\mathrm{a.u.}\cdot\mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;(&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sim 47\times&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; lower) and RSD rises to &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sim 86\%&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;,at the same time,the diluted dataset reports an unrealistically narrow and highly unstable width: FWHM &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\approx 7.0\,\text{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; (RSD &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sim 57\%&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;). Such behavior is characteristic of low-SNR artifacts, where noise spikes or local fluctuations are misidentified as the main emission peak.Although both datasets show some degree of repeatability, the re-mixed and re-diluted solution exhibits a clear degradation in CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the synthesis side, we achieved the first objective: the prepared solution exhibited clear fluorescence under UV excitation, and we observed a distinct diffusion of fluorescence upon adding droplets into the solution. These macroscopic signatures, together with the peak position visible in our recorded spectra, strongly suggest that fluorescent carbon quantum dot species were successfully produced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, quantitative characterization proved to be the main limitation. Using the Ocean Optics fiber spectrometer, the emission intensity remained too weak for high quality measurements. Even after adding a focusing lens and increasing the integration time to its maximum, the signal-to-noise ratio was insufficient, and repeated measurements under identical conditions cannot give us a fully reliable result after dilution. The lack of a true dark environment further increased background fluctuations and reduced repeatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, practical constraints in sample handling affected data quality over the multi-week timeline. We did not have dedicated storage conditions for high-stability sample preservation, and evaporation and precipitation gradually changed the effective concentration and composition, compromising control over experimental variables. Combined with limited instrumental sensitivity, these factors prevented several planned follow-up analyses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, although our conclusions are not sufficiently rigorous due to various limitations, the project successfully demonstrated fluorescent CQD synthesis and established that our experimental and measurement workflow can be used to assess the quality of the CQD solution.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=720</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=720"/>
		<updated>2026-04-11T16:06:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Measurement pipelines */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax, they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepared fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors, followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We describe the process of CQD synthesis:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# 1.0 g of citric acid and 1.0 g of urea were weighed and placed in a test tube.&lt;br /&gt;
# The mixture was moistened with approximately 3 drops of deionized water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then we heated the mixture in a household microwave oven at full power. During heating, the reaction mixture frothed and gradually darkened. &lt;br /&gt;
# The heating process was stopped when the mixture became dark brown and the frothing had mostly subsided, which typically occurred after 2–3 min.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We excited the photoluminescence of the CQD with a commercial UV LED laser pointed at an angle about 37° as it provides effective excitation of the CQD solution while positioning the brightest fluorescent region toward the spectrometer and reducing direct scattered excitation light entering the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We measured the fluorescence with an Ocean Optics [ST03418] spectrometer device. Since carbon quantum dots typically produce relatively weak photoluminescence, only a small fraction of the emitted light would reach the spectrometer without optical collection, resulting in a lower signal level and poorer signal-to-background ratio. Therefore, we conducted the experiment in a dark room to minimize interference from ambient light. Moreover, a collection lens was used to increase the collection efficiency by gathering a larger solid angle of emitted light and directing it toward the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our setup, the lens (focal length=18mm) was placed approximately 3.3 cm from the emitting region. Based on the thin-lens equation, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{1}{f}=\frac{1}{u}+\frac{1}{v},&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where we substitute &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f=18&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;mm and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u=33&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;mm, we get &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v\approx3.95&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;cm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This positive value of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; indicates that the lens forms a real image of the emitting region. In practice, this means the lens can collect fluorescence from the sample and focus it more effectively into the detection path. A short focal length such as 18 mm is appropriate because it allows strong light collection from a nearby source and is well suited to weak fluorescence measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
The collection can also be estimated from the solid angle. For a lens at distance &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the collection half-angle is approximately&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\theta\approx \tan^{-1}(\frac{D/2}{u}),&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;D&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the lens diameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Experiment.jpeg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup_R.jpg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup.jpg|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, the solution concentration had a significant impact on the measurement results. Usable data were obtained only after the solution had been diluted until it became completely colorless and the spectrometer integral time had been increased to its maximum(6s). A possible explanation is that an excessive concentration of fluorescent species in the solution may partially block the emitted light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each setup, we measure two sets of spectra:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure the reported spectra accurately reflect the intrinsic photoluminescence (PL) of the Carbon Quantum Dots (CQDs), the following post-acquisition processing protocol was implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the identical optoelectronic configurations conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the solvent blank from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region proximal to the excitation wavelength to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artefacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the processed spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \text{argmax}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results and discussions ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:cqd_water_solution_compare.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The background-subtracted spectrum shows a clear broad positive emission band, confirming that the CQD solution produces genuine photoluminescence rather than only solvent or instrumental background. The dominant emission peak is located at &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\mathrm{peak}} = 548.28\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, placing the fluorescence in the green region of the visible spectrum. The extracted peak intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{peak}} = 717.72\ \mathrm{a.u.}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, while the integrated intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}} = 73457.29\ \mathrm{a.u.\ nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, indicating that the sample is clearly fluorescent under the present measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emission width is relatively broad, with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM} = 91.73\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. This suggests that the fluorescence is not produced by a highly uniform single emissive state, but more likely by a distribution of emissive environments or overlapping emissive centers. In other words, the sample shows strong fluorescence but only moderate spectral uniformity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several narrow spikes and sharp dips remain in the cleaned raw trace. These are much narrower than the main emission band and are therefore attributed to detector or subtraction artifacts rather than intrinsic CQD features. Overall, the result indicates a fluorescent green-emitting CQD sample with noticeable spectral heterogeneity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== repeatability check ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Raw_rep.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Raw_dil.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was a 7-day interval between the measurements for the first and second graphs. Due to solvent evaporation, we re-diluted the solution; however, the diluted sample exhibited very poor repeatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the synthesis side, we achieved the first objective: the prepared solution exhibited clear fluorescence under UV excitation, and we observed a distinct diffusion of fluorescence upon adding droplets into the solution. These macroscopic signatures, together with the peak position visible in our recorded spectra, strongly suggest that fluorescent carbon quantum dot species were successfully produced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, quantitative characterization proved to be the main limitation. Using the Ocean Optics fiber spectrometer, the emission intensity remained too weak for high quality measurements. Even after adding a focusing lens and increasing the integration time to its maximum, the signal-to-noise ratio was insufficient, and repeated measurements under identical conditions cannot give us a fully reliable result after dilution. The lack of a true dark environment further increased background fluctuations and reduced repeatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, practical constraints in sample handling affected data quality over the multi-week timeline. We did not have dedicated storage conditions for high-stability sample preservation, and evaporation and precipitation gradually changed the effective concentration and composition, compromising control over experimental variables. Combined with limited instrumental sensitivity, these factors prevented several planned follow-up analyses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, even some further quantitative analysis was not all achieved, the project successfully demonstrated fluorescent CQD synthesis and established that our experimental and measurement workflow can, to some extent, be used to assess the quality of the CQD solution.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=719</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=719"/>
		<updated>2026-04-11T16:06:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Measurement pipelines */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax, they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepared fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors, followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We describe the process of CQD synthesis:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# 1.0 g of citric acid and 1.0 g of urea were weighed and placed in a test tube，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# the mixture was moistened with approximately 3 drops of deionized water,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# then we heated the mixture in a household microwave oven at full power. During heating, the reaction mixture frothed and gradually darkened. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The heating process was stopped when the mixture became dark brown and the frothing had mostly subsided, which typically occurred after 2–3 min.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We excited the photoluminescence of the CQD with a commercial UV LED laser pointed at an angle about 37° as it provides effective excitation of the CQD solution while positioning the brightest fluorescent region toward the spectrometer and reducing direct scattered excitation light entering the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We measured the fluorescence with an Ocean Optics [ST03418] spectrometer device. Since carbon quantum dots typically produce relatively weak photoluminescence, only a small fraction of the emitted light would reach the spectrometer without optical collection, resulting in a lower signal level and poorer signal-to-background ratio. Therefore, we conducted the experiment in a dark room to minimize interference from ambient light. Moreover, a collection lens was used to increase the collection efficiency by gathering a larger solid angle of emitted light and directing it toward the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our setup, the lens (focal length=18mm) was placed approximately 3.3 cm from the emitting region. Based on the thin-lens equation, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{1}{f}=\frac{1}{u}+\frac{1}{v},&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where we substitute &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f=18&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;mm and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u=33&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;mm, we get &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v\approx3.95&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;cm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This positive value of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; indicates that the lens forms a real image of the emitting region. In practice, this means the lens can collect fluorescence from the sample and focus it more effectively into the detection path. A short focal length such as 18 mm is appropriate because it allows strong light collection from a nearby source and is well suited to weak fluorescence measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
The collection can also be estimated from the solid angle. For a lens at distance &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the collection half-angle is approximately&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\theta\approx \tan^{-1}(\frac{D/2}{u}),&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;D&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the lens diameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Experiment.jpeg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup_R.jpg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup.jpg|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, the solution concentration had a significant impact on the measurement results. Usable data were obtained only after the solution had been diluted until it became completely colorless and the spectrometer integral time had been increased to its maximum(6s). A possible explanation is that an excessive concentration of fluorescent species in the solution may partially block the emitted light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each setup, we measure two sets of spectra:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure the reported spectra accurately reflect the intrinsic photoluminescence (PL) of the Carbon Quantum Dots (CQDs), the following post-acquisition processing protocol was implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the identical optoelectronic configurations conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the solvent blank from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region proximal to the excitation wavelength to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artefacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the processed spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \text{argmax}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results and discussions ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:cqd_water_solution_compare.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The background-subtracted spectrum shows a clear broad positive emission band, confirming that the CQD solution produces genuine photoluminescence rather than only solvent or instrumental background. The dominant emission peak is located at &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\mathrm{peak}} = 548.28\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, placing the fluorescence in the green region of the visible spectrum. The extracted peak intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{peak}} = 717.72\ \mathrm{a.u.}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, while the integrated intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}} = 73457.29\ \mathrm{a.u.\ nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, indicating that the sample is clearly fluorescent under the present measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emission width is relatively broad, with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM} = 91.73\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. This suggests that the fluorescence is not produced by a highly uniform single emissive state, but more likely by a distribution of emissive environments or overlapping emissive centers. In other words, the sample shows strong fluorescence but only moderate spectral uniformity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several narrow spikes and sharp dips remain in the cleaned raw trace. These are much narrower than the main emission band and are therefore attributed to detector or subtraction artifacts rather than intrinsic CQD features. Overall, the result indicates a fluorescent green-emitting CQD sample with noticeable spectral heterogeneity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== repeatability check ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Raw_rep.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Raw_dil.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was a 7-day interval between the measurements for the first and second graphs. Due to solvent evaporation, we re-diluted the solution; however, the diluted sample exhibited very poor repeatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the synthesis side, we achieved the first objective: the prepared solution exhibited clear fluorescence under UV excitation, and we observed a distinct diffusion of fluorescence upon adding droplets into the solution. These macroscopic signatures, together with the peak position visible in our recorded spectra, strongly suggest that fluorescent carbon quantum dot species were successfully produced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, quantitative characterization proved to be the main limitation. Using the Ocean Optics fiber spectrometer, the emission intensity remained too weak for high quality measurements. Even after adding a focusing lens and increasing the integration time to its maximum, the signal-to-noise ratio was insufficient, and repeated measurements under identical conditions cannot give us a fully reliable result after dilution. The lack of a true dark environment further increased background fluctuations and reduced repeatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, practical constraints in sample handling affected data quality over the multi-week timeline. We did not have dedicated storage conditions for high-stability sample preservation, and evaporation and precipitation gradually changed the effective concentration and composition, compromising control over experimental variables. Combined with limited instrumental sensitivity, these factors prevented several planned follow-up analyses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, even some further quantitative analysis was not all achieved, the project successfully demonstrated fluorescent CQD synthesis and established that our experimental and measurement workflow can, to some extent, be used to assess the quality of the CQD solution.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=718</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=718"/>
		<updated>2026-04-11T16:05:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Measurement pipelines */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax, they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepared fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors, followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We describe the process of CQD synthesis:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# 1.0 g of citric acid and 1.0 g of urea were weighed and placed in a test tube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The mixture was moistened with approximately 3 drops of deionized water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# We then heated the mixture in a household microwave oven at full power. During heating, the reaction mixture frothed and gradually darkened. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The heating process was stopped when the mixture became dark brown and the frothing had mostly subsided, which typically occurred after 2–3 min.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We excited the photoluminescence of the CQD with a commercial UV LED laser pointed at an angle about 37° as it provides effective excitation of the CQD solution while positioning the brightest fluorescent region toward the spectrometer and reducing direct scattered excitation light entering the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We measured the fluorescence with an Ocean Optics [ST03418] spectrometer device. Since carbon quantum dots typically produce relatively weak photoluminescence, only a small fraction of the emitted light would reach the spectrometer without optical collection, resulting in a lower signal level and poorer signal-to-background ratio. Therefore, we conducted the experiment in a dark room to minimize interference from ambient light. Moreover, a collection lens was used to increase the collection efficiency by gathering a larger solid angle of emitted light and directing it toward the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our setup, the lens (focal length=18mm) was placed approximately 3.3 cm from the emitting region. Based on the thin-lens equation, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{1}{f}=\frac{1}{u}+\frac{1}{v},&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where we substitute &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f=18&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;mm and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u=33&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;mm, we get &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v\approx3.95&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;cm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This positive value of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; indicates that the lens forms a real image of the emitting region. In practice, this means the lens can collect fluorescence from the sample and focus it more effectively into the detection path. A short focal length such as 18 mm is appropriate because it allows strong light collection from a nearby source and is well suited to weak fluorescence measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
The collection can also be estimated from the solid angle. For a lens at distance &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the collection half-angle is approximately&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\theta\approx \tan^{-1}(\frac{D/2}{u}),&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;D&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the lens diameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Experiment.jpeg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup_R.jpg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup.jpg|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, the solution concentration had a significant impact on the measurement results. Usable data were obtained only after the solution had been diluted until it became completely colorless and the spectrometer integral time had been increased to its maximum(6s). A possible explanation is that an excessive concentration of fluorescent species in the solution may partially block the emitted light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each setup, we measure two sets of spectra:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure the reported spectra accurately reflect the intrinsic photoluminescence (PL) of the Carbon Quantum Dots (CQDs), the following post-acquisition processing protocol was implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the identical optoelectronic configurations conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the solvent blank from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region proximal to the excitation wavelength to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artefacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the processed spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \text{argmax}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results and discussions ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:cqd_water_solution_compare.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The background-subtracted spectrum shows a clear broad positive emission band, confirming that the CQD solution produces genuine photoluminescence rather than only solvent or instrumental background. The dominant emission peak is located at &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\mathrm{peak}} = 548.28\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, placing the fluorescence in the green region of the visible spectrum. The extracted peak intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{peak}} = 717.72\ \mathrm{a.u.}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, while the integrated intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}} = 73457.29\ \mathrm{a.u.\ nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, indicating that the sample is clearly fluorescent under the present measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emission width is relatively broad, with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM} = 91.73\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. This suggests that the fluorescence is not produced by a highly uniform single emissive state, but more likely by a distribution of emissive environments or overlapping emissive centers. In other words, the sample shows strong fluorescence but only moderate spectral uniformity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several narrow spikes and sharp dips remain in the cleaned raw trace. These are much narrower than the main emission band and are therefore attributed to detector or subtraction artifacts rather than intrinsic CQD features. Overall, the result indicates a fluorescent green-emitting CQD sample with noticeable spectral heterogeneity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== repeatability check ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Raw_rep.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Raw_dil.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was a 7-day interval between the measurements for the first and second graphs. Due to solvent evaporation, we re-diluted the solution; however, the diluted sample exhibited very poor repeatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the synthesis side, we achieved the first objective: the prepared solution exhibited clear fluorescence under UV excitation, and we observed a distinct diffusion of fluorescence upon adding droplets into the solution. These macroscopic signatures, together with the peak position visible in our recorded spectra, strongly suggest that fluorescent carbon quantum dot species were successfully produced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, quantitative characterization proved to be the main limitation. Using the Ocean Optics fiber spectrometer, the emission intensity remained too weak for high quality measurements. Even after adding a focusing lens and increasing the integration time to its maximum, the signal-to-noise ratio was insufficient, and repeated measurements under identical conditions cannot give us a fully reliable result after dilution. The lack of a true dark environment further increased background fluctuations and reduced repeatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, practical constraints in sample handling affected data quality over the multi-week timeline. We did not have dedicated storage conditions for high-stability sample preservation, and evaporation and precipitation gradually changed the effective concentration and composition, compromising control over experimental variables. Combined with limited instrumental sensitivity, these factors prevented several planned follow-up analyses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, even some further quantitative analysis was not all achieved, the project successfully demonstrated fluorescent CQD synthesis and established that our experimental and measurement workflow can, to some extent, be used to assess the quality of the CQD solution.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=717</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=717"/>
		<updated>2026-04-11T16:04:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Measurement pipelines */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax, they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepared fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors, followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We describe the process of CQD synthesis:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 1.0 g of citric acid and 1.0 g of urea were weighed and placed in a test tube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The mixture was moistened with approximately 3 drops of deionized water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. We then heated the mixture in a household microwave oven at full power. During heating, the reaction mixture frothed and gradually darkened. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The heating process was stopped when the mixture became dark brown and the frothing had mostly subsided, which typically occurred after 2–3 min.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We excited the photoluminescence of the CQD with a commercial UV LED laser pointed at an angle about 37° as it provides effective excitation of the CQD solution while positioning the brightest fluorescent region toward the spectrometer and reducing direct scattered excitation light entering the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We measured the fluorescence with an Ocean Optics [ST03418] spectrometer device. Since carbon quantum dots typically produce relatively weak photoluminescence, only a small fraction of the emitted light would reach the spectrometer without optical collection, resulting in a lower signal level and poorer signal-to-background ratio. Therefore, we conducted the experiment in a dark room to minimize interference from ambient light. Moreover, a collection lens was used to increase the collection efficiency by gathering a larger solid angle of emitted light and directing it toward the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our setup, the lens (focal length=18mm) was placed approximately 3.3 cm from the emitting region. Based on the thin-lens equation, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{1}{f}=\frac{1}{u}+\frac{1}{v},&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where we substitute &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f=18&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;mm and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u=33&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;mm, we get &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v\approx3.95&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;cm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This positive value of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; indicates that the lens forms a real image of the emitting region. In practice, this means the lens can collect fluorescence from the sample and focus it more effectively into the detection path. A short focal length such as 18 mm is appropriate because it allows strong light collection from a nearby source and is well suited to weak fluorescence measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
The collection can also be estimated from the solid angle. For a lens at distance &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the collection half-angle is approximately&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\theta\approx \tan^{-1}(\frac{D/2}{u}),&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;D&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the lens diameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Experiment.jpeg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup_R.jpg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup.jpg|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, the solution concentration had a significant impact on the measurement results. Usable data were obtained only after the solution had been diluted until it became completely colorless and the spectrometer integral time had been increased to its maximum(6s). A possible explanation is that an excessive concentration of fluorescent species in the solution may partially block the emitted light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each setup, we measure two sets of spectra:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure the reported spectra accurately reflect the intrinsic photoluminescence (PL) of the Carbon Quantum Dots (CQDs), the following post-acquisition processing protocol was implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the identical optoelectronic configurations conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the solvent blank from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region proximal to the excitation wavelength to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artefacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the processed spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \text{argmax}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results and discussions ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:cqd_water_solution_compare.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The background-subtracted spectrum shows a clear broad positive emission band, confirming that the CQD solution produces genuine photoluminescence rather than only solvent or instrumental background. The dominant emission peak is located at &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\mathrm{peak}} = 548.28\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, placing the fluorescence in the green region of the visible spectrum. The extracted peak intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{peak}} = 717.72\ \mathrm{a.u.}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, while the integrated intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}} = 73457.29\ \mathrm{a.u.\ nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, indicating that the sample is clearly fluorescent under the present measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emission width is relatively broad, with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM} = 91.73\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. This suggests that the fluorescence is not produced by a highly uniform single emissive state, but more likely by a distribution of emissive environments or overlapping emissive centers. In other words, the sample shows strong fluorescence but only moderate spectral uniformity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several narrow spikes and sharp dips remain in the cleaned raw trace. These are much narrower than the main emission band and are therefore attributed to detector or subtraction artifacts rather than intrinsic CQD features. Overall, the result indicates a fluorescent green-emitting CQD sample with noticeable spectral heterogeneity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== repeatability check ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Raw_rep.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Raw_dil.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was a 7-day interval between the measurements for the first and second graphs. Due to solvent evaporation, we re-diluted the solution; however, the diluted sample exhibited very poor repeatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the synthesis side, we achieved the first objective: the prepared solution exhibited clear fluorescence under UV excitation, and we observed a distinct diffusion of fluorescence upon adding droplets into the solution. These macroscopic signatures, together with the peak position visible in our recorded spectra, strongly suggest that fluorescent carbon quantum dot species were successfully produced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, quantitative characterization proved to be the main limitation. Using the Ocean Optics fiber spectrometer, the emission intensity remained too weak for high quality measurements. Even after adding a focusing lens and increasing the integration time to its maximum, the signal-to-noise ratio was insufficient, and repeated measurements under identical conditions cannot give us a fully reliable result after dilution. The lack of a true dark environment further increased background fluctuations and reduced repeatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, practical constraints in sample handling affected data quality over the multi-week timeline. We did not have dedicated storage conditions for high-stability sample preservation, and evaporation and precipitation gradually changed the effective concentration and composition, compromising control over experimental variables. Combined with limited instrumental sensitivity, these factors prevented several planned follow-up analyses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, even some further quantitative analysis was not all achieved, the project successfully demonstrated fluorescent CQD synthesis and established that our experimental and measurement workflow can, to some extent, be used to assess the quality of the CQD solution.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=716</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=716"/>
		<updated>2026-04-11T16:03:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Measurement pipelines */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax, they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepared fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors, followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We describe the process of CQD synthesis:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 1.0 g of citric acid and 1.0 g of urea were weighed and placed in a test tube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The mixture was moistened with approximately 3 drops of deionized water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. We then heated the mixture in a household microwave oven at full power. During heating, the reaction mixture frothed and gradually darkened. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The heating process was stopped when the mixture became dark brown and the frothing had mostly subsided, which typically occurred after 2–3 min.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We excited the photoluminescence of the CQD with a commercial UV LED laser pointed at an angle about 37° as it provides effective excitation of the CQD solution while positioning the brightest fluorescent region toward the spectrometer and reducing direct scattered excitation light entering the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We measured the fluorescence with an Ocean Optics [ST03418] spectrometer device. Since carbon quantum dots typically produce relatively weak photoluminescence, only a small fraction of the emitted light would reach the spectrometer without optical collection, resulting in a lower signal level and poorer signal-to-background ratio. Therefore, we conducted the experiment in a dark room to minimize interference from ambient light. Moreover, a collection lens was used to increase the collection efficiency by gathering a larger solid angle of emitted light and directing it toward the detector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our setup, the lens (focal length=18mm) was placed approximately 3.3 cm from the emitting region. Based on the thin-lens equation, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{1}{f}=\frac{1}{u}+\frac{1}{v},&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where we substitute &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f=18&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;mm and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u=33&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;mm, we get &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v\approx3.95&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;cm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This positive value of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; indicates that the lens forms a real image of the emitting region. In practice, this means the lens can collect fluorescence from the sample and focus it more effectively into the detection path. A short focal length such as 18 mm is appropriate because it allows strong light collection from a nearby source and is well suited to weak fluorescence measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
The collection can also be estimated from the solid angle. For a lens at distance &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;, the collection half-angle is approximately&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\theta\approx \tan^{-1}(\frac{D/2}{u}),&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;D&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; is the lens diameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Experiment.jpeg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup_R.jpg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup.jpg|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, the solution concentration had a significant impact on the measurement results. Usable data were obtained only after the solution had been diluted until it became completely colorless and the spectrometer integral time had been increased to its maximum(6s). A possible explanation is that an excessive concentration of fluorescent species in the solution may partially block the emitted light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each setup, we measure two sets of spectra:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure the reported spectra accurately reflect the intrinsic photoluminescence (PL) of the Carbon Quantum Dots (CQDs), the following post-acquisition processing protocol was implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the identical optoelectronic configurations conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the solvent blank from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region proximal to the excitation wavelength to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artefacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the processed spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \text{argmax}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results and discussions ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:cqd_water_solution_compare.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The background-subtracted spectrum shows a clear broad positive emission band, confirming that the CQD solution produces genuine photoluminescence rather than only solvent or instrumental background. The dominant emission peak is located at &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\mathrm{peak}} = 548.28\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, placing the fluorescence in the green region of the visible spectrum. The extracted peak intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{peak}} = 717.72\ \mathrm{a.u.}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, while the integrated intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}} = 73457.29\ \mathrm{a.u.\ nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, indicating that the sample is clearly fluorescent under the present measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emission width is relatively broad, with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM} = 91.73\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. This suggests that the fluorescence is not produced by a highly uniform single emissive state, but more likely by a distribution of emissive environments or overlapping emissive centers. In other words, the sample shows strong fluorescence but only moderate spectral uniformity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several narrow spikes and sharp dips remain in the cleaned raw trace. These are much narrower than the main emission band and are therefore attributed to detector or subtraction artifacts rather than intrinsic CQD features. Overall, the result indicates a fluorescent green-emitting CQD sample with noticeable spectral heterogeneity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== repeatability check ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Raw_rep.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Raw_dil.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was a 7-day interval between the measurements for the first and second graphs. Due to solvent evaporation, we re-diluted the solution; however, the diluted sample exhibited very poor repeatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the synthesis side, we achieved the first objective: the prepared solution exhibited clear fluorescence under UV excitation, and we observed a distinct diffusion of fluorescence upon adding droplets into the solution. These macroscopic signatures, together with the peak position visible in our recorded spectra, strongly suggest that fluorescent carbon quantum dot species were successfully produced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, quantitative characterization proved to be the main limitation. Using the Ocean Optics fiber spectrometer, the emission intensity remained too weak for high quality measurements. Even after adding a focusing lens and increasing the integration time to its maximum, the signal-to-noise ratio was insufficient, and repeated measurements under identical conditions cannot give us a fully reliable result after dilution. The lack of a true dark environment further increased background fluctuations and reduced repeatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, practical constraints in sample handling affected data quality over the multi-week timeline. We did not have dedicated storage conditions for high-stability sample preservation, and evaporation and precipitation gradually changed the effective concentration and composition, compromising control over experimental variables. Combined with limited instrumental sensitivity, these factors prevented several planned follow-up analyses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, even some further quantitative analysis was not all achieved, the project successfully demonstrated fluorescent CQD synthesis and established that our experimental and measurement workflow can, to some extent, be used to assess the quality of the CQD solution.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=713</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=713"/>
		<updated>2026-04-11T15:37:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Measurement pipelines */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax, they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepare fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors, followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For CQD synthesis, 1.0 g of citric acid and 1.0 g of urea were weighed and placed in a test tube. The mixture was moistened with approximately 3 drops of deionized water and then heated in a household microwave oven at full power. During heating, the reaction mixture frothed and gradually darkened. The heating process was stopped when the mixture became dark brown and the frothing had mostly subsided, which typically occurred after 2–3 min.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The optical setup uses:&lt;br /&gt;
*  a commercial UV LED light pen as the excitation source,&lt;br /&gt;
*  an Ocean Optics &#039;&#039;&#039;[ST03418]&#039;&#039;&#039; spectrometer, as the detector,&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert lens specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; for better light capturing&lt;br /&gt;
*  deionized water (same as used in the sample) as the reference/background measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Experiment.jpeg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup_R.jpg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup.jpg|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the extremely low brightness of the fluorescence, the experiment was conducted in a dark room. The UV LED was positioned at an angle relative to the beaker so that the most strongly excited fluorescent region was located on the side wall directly facing the spectrometer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the solution concentration had a significant impact on the measurement results. Usable data were obtained only after the solution had been diluted until it became completely colorless and the spectrometer integral time had been increased to its maximum(6s). A possible explanation is that an excessive concentration of fluorescent species in the solution may partially block the emitted light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To collect more light, we incorporated a focusing lens（focal length=18 mm)in the setup to increase the collection angle. On the opposite side of the lens, we extended the optical path by 4 cm according to the image distance, and coupled the collected light into an optical fiber connected to the spectrometer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
f=\frac{d_o d_i}{d_o+d_i}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each setup, we measure two sets of spectra:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure the reported spectra accurately reflect the intrinsic photoluminescence (PL) of the Carbon Quantum Dots (CQDs), the following post-acquisition processing protocol was implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the identical optoelectronic configurations conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the solvent blank from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region proximal to the excitation wavelength to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artefacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the processed spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \text{argmax}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results and discussions ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:cqd_water_solution_compare.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The background-subtracted spectrum shows a clear broad positive emission band, confirming that the CQD solution produces genuine photoluminescence rather than only solvent or instrumental background. The dominant emission peak is located at &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\mathrm{peak}} = 548.28\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, placing the fluorescence in the green region of the visible spectrum. The extracted peak intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{peak}} = 717.72\ \mathrm{a.u.}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, while the integrated intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}} = 73457.29\ \mathrm{a.u.\ nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, indicating that the sample is clearly fluorescent under the present measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emission width is relatively broad, with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM} = 91.73\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. This suggests that the fluorescence is not produced by a highly uniform single emissive state, but more likely by a distribution of emissive environments or overlapping emissive centers. In other words, the sample shows strong fluorescence but only moderate spectral uniformity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several narrow spikes and sharp dips remain in the cleaned raw trace. These are much narrower than the main emission band and are therefore attributed to detector or subtraction artifacts rather than intrinsic CQD features. Overall, the result indicates a fluorescent green-emitting CQD sample with noticeable spectral heterogeneity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== repeatability check ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Raw_rep.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Raw_dil.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was a 7-day interval between the measurements for the first and second graphs. Due to solvent evaporation, we re-diluted the solution; however, the diluted sample exhibited very poor repeatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the synthesis side, we achieved the first objective: the prepared solution exhibited clear fluorescence under UV excitation, and we observed a distinct diffusion of fluorescence upon adding droplets into the solution. These macroscopic signatures, together with the peak position visible in our recorded spectra, strongly suggest that fluorescent carbon quantum dot species were successfully produced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, quantitative characterization proved to be the main limitation. Using the Ocean Optics fiber spectrometer, the emission intensity remained too weak for high-precision measurements. Even after adding a focusing lens and increasing the integration time to its maximum, the signal-to-noise ratio was insufficient, and repeated measurements under identical conditions cannot give us a fully reliable result after dilution. The lack of a true dark environment further increased background fluctuations and reduced repeatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, practical constraints in sample handling affected data quality over the multi-week timeline. We did not have dedicated storage conditions for high-stability sample preservation, and evaporation and precipitation gradually changed the effective concentration and composition, compromising control over experimental variables. Combined with limited instrumental sensitivity, these factors prevented several planned follow-up analyses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, even some further quantitative analysis was not all achieved, the project successfully demonstrated fluorescent CQD synthesis and established that our experimental and measurement workflow can, to some extent, be used to assess the quality of the CQD solution.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=712</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=712"/>
		<updated>2026-04-11T15:35:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Data-processing workflow */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax, they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepare fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors, followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For CQD synthesis, 1.0 g of citric acid and 1.0 g of urea were weighed and placed in a test tube. The mixture was moistened with approximately 3 drops of deionized water and then heated in a household microwave oven at full power. During heating, the reaction mixture frothed and gradually darkened. The heating process was stopped when the mixture became dark brown and the frothing had mostly subsided, which typically occurred after 2–3 min.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The optical setup uses:&lt;br /&gt;
*  a commercial UV LED light pen as the excitation source,&lt;br /&gt;
*  an Ocean Optics &#039;&#039;&#039;[ST03418]&#039;&#039;&#039; spectrometer, as the detector,&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert lens specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; for better light capturing&lt;br /&gt;
*  deionized water (same as used in the sample) as the reference/background measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two spectra are measured under identical conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cleaned CQD emission spectrum is obtained by subtracting the water reference from the solution signal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excitation-leakage / Rayleigh-scattering region near the LED wavelength is excluded from analysis, and isolated detector spikes are removed before final metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[INSERT IMAGES]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure the reported spectra accurately reflect the intrinsic photoluminescence (PL) of the Carbon Quantum Dots (CQDs), the following post-acquisition processing protocol was implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the identical optoelectronic configurations conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the solvent blank from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region proximal to the excitation wavelength to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artefacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the processed spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \text{argmax}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results and discussions ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:cqd_water_solution_compare.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The background-subtracted spectrum shows a clear broad positive emission band, confirming that the CQD solution produces genuine photoluminescence rather than only solvent or instrumental background. The dominant emission peak is located at &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\mathrm{peak}} = 548.28\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, placing the fluorescence in the green region of the visible spectrum. The extracted peak intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{peak}} = 717.72\ \mathrm{a.u.}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, while the integrated intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}} = 73457.29\ \mathrm{a.u.\ nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, indicating that the sample is clearly fluorescent under the present measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emission width is relatively broad, with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM} = 91.73\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. This suggests that the fluorescence is not produced by a highly uniform single emissive state, but more likely by a distribution of emissive environments or overlapping emissive centers. In other words, the sample shows strong fluorescence but only moderate spectral uniformity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several narrow spikes and sharp dips remain in the cleaned raw trace. These are much narrower than the main emission band and are therefore attributed to detector or subtraction artifacts rather than intrinsic CQD features. Overall, the result indicates a fluorescent green-emitting CQD sample with noticeable spectral heterogeneity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== repeatability check ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Raw_rep.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Raw_dil.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was a 7-day interval between the measurements for the first and second graphs. Due to solvent evaporation, we re-diluted the solution; however, the diluted sample exhibited very poor repeatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the synthesis side, we achieved the first objective: the prepared solution exhibited clear fluorescence under UV excitation, and we observed a distinct diffusion of fluorescence upon adding droplets into the solution. These macroscopic signatures, together with the peak position visible in our recorded spectra, strongly suggest that fluorescent carbon quantum dot species were successfully produced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, quantitative characterization proved to be the main limitation. Using the Ocean Optics fiber spectrometer, the emission intensity remained too weak for high-precision measurements. Even after adding a focusing lens and increasing the integration time to its maximum, the signal-to-noise ratio was insufficient, and repeated measurements under identical conditions cannot give us a fully reliable result after dilution. The lack of a true dark environment further increased background fluctuations and reduced repeatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, practical constraints in sample handling affected data quality over the multi-week timeline. We did not have dedicated storage conditions for high-stability sample preservation, and evaporation and precipitation gradually changed the effective concentration and composition, compromising control over experimental variables. Combined with limited instrumental sensitivity, these factors prevented several planned follow-up analyses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, even some further quantitative analysis was not all achieved, the project successfully demonstrated fluorescent CQD synthesis and established that our experimental and measurement workflow can, to some extent, be used to assess the quality of the CQD solution.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=709</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=709"/>
		<updated>2026-04-11T15:03:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Measurement pipelines */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax, they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepare fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors, followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For CQD synthesis, 1.0 g of citric acid and 1.0 g of urea were weighed and placed in a test tube. The mixture was moistened with approximately 3 drops of deionized water and then heated in a household microwave oven at full power. During heating, the reaction mixture frothed and gradually darkened. The heating process was stopped when the mixture became dark brown and the frothing had mostly subsided, which typically occurred after 2–3 min.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The optical setup uses:&lt;br /&gt;
*  a commercial UV LED light pen as the excitation source,&lt;br /&gt;
*  an Ocean Optics &#039;&#039;&#039;[ST03418]&#039;&#039;&#039; spectrometer, as the detector,&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert lens specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; for better light capturing&lt;br /&gt;
*  deionized water (same as used in the sample) as the reference/background measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two spectra are measured under identical conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cleaned CQD emission spectrum is obtained by subtracting the water reference from the solution signal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excitation-leakage / Rayleigh-scattering region near the LED wavelength is excluded from analysis, and isolated detector spikes are removed before final metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[INSERT IMAGES]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure the reported spectra accurately reflect the intrinsic photoluminescence (PL) of the Carbon Quantum Dots (CQDs), the following post-acquisition processing protocol was implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the identical optoelectronic configurations conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the solvent blank from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region proximal to the excitation wavelength to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artefacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the processed spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Experiment.jpeg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Apparatus set up/experiment process ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup_R.jpg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup.jpg|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the extremely low brightness of the fluorescence, the experiment was conducted in a dark room. The UV LED was positioned at an angle relative to the beaker so that the most strongly excited fluorescent region was located on the side wall directly facing the spectrometer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the solution concentration had a significant impact on the measurement results. Usable data were obtained only after the solution had been diluted until it became completely colorless and the spectrometer exposure time had been increased to its maximum. A possible explanation is that an excessive concentration of fluorescent species in the solution may partially block the emitted light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \text{argmax}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results and discussions ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:cqd_water_solution_compare.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The background-subtracted spectrum shows a clear broad positive emission band, confirming that the CQD solution produces genuine photoluminescence rather than only solvent or instrumental background. The dominant emission peak is located at &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\mathrm{peak}} = 548.28\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, placing the fluorescence in the green region of the visible spectrum. The extracted peak intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{peak}} = 717.72\ \mathrm{a.u.}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, while the integrated intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}} = 73457.29\ \mathrm{a.u.\ nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, indicating that the sample is clearly fluorescent under the present measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emission width is relatively broad, with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM} = 91.73\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. This suggests that the fluorescence is not produced by a highly uniform single emissive state, but more likely by a distribution of emissive environments or overlapping emissive centers. In other words, the sample shows strong fluorescence but only moderate spectral uniformity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several narrow spikes and sharp dips remain in the cleaned raw trace. These are much narrower than the main emission band and are therefore attributed to detector or subtraction artifacts rather than intrinsic CQD features. Overall, the result indicates a fluorescent green-emitting CQD sample with noticeable spectral heterogeneity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== repeatability check ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Raw_rep.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Raw_dil.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was a 7-day interval between the measurements for the first and second graphs. Due to solvent evaporation, we re-diluted the solution; however, the diluted sample exhibited very poor repeatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the synthesis side, we achieved the first objective: the prepared solution exhibited clear fluorescence under UV excitation, and we observed a distinct diffusion of fluorescence upon adding droplets into the solution. These macroscopic signatures, together with the peak position visible in our recorded spectra, strongly suggest that fluorescent carbon quantum dot species were successfully produced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, quantitative characterization proved to be the main limitation. Using the Ocean Optics fiber spectrometer, the emission intensity remained too weak for high-precision measurements. Even after adding a focusing lens and increasing the integration time to its maximum, the signal-to-noise ratio was insufficient, and repeated measurements under identical conditions cannot give us a fully reliable result. The lack of a true dark environment further increased background fluctuations and reduced repeatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, practical constraints in sample handling affected data quality over the multi-week timeline. We did not have dedicated storage conditions for high-stability sample preservation, and evaporation and precipitation gradually changed the effective concentration and composition, compromising control over experimental variables. Combined with limited instrumental sensitivity, these factors prevented several planned follow-up analyses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, even some further quantitative analysis was not all achieved, the project successfully demonstrated fluorescent CQD synthesis and established the key experimental bottlenecks for future improvement.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=706</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=706"/>
		<updated>2026-04-11T14:56:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Measurement pipelines */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax, they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepare fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors, followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For synthesis, we dissolve &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g citric acid&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g urea&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;deionized water&#039;&#039;&#039; using standard laboratory glassware (beakers, volumetric flasks, and pipettes), then heat the solution in a &#039;&#039;&#039;microwave oven&#039;&#039;&#039; under controlled conditions until CQDs form. The specific steps are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Prepare the Reagents: Weigh approximately 1 gram of urea and 1 gram of citric acid, and add them both into a test tube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Moisten the Mixture: Add about 3 drops of deionized water to the reaction mixture in the test tube to moisten it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, Microwave Heating: Place the test tube in a household microwave oven and heat it on full power.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Observe and Stop: During the heating process, the mixture will froth and gradually turn darker. Stop the heating once the mixture becomes dark brown and the frothing has mostly subsided. This usually takes about 2 to 3 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The optical setup uses:&lt;br /&gt;
*  a commercial UV LED light pen as the excitation source,&lt;br /&gt;
*  an Ocean Optics &#039;&#039;&#039;[ST03418]&#039;&#039;&#039; spectrometer, as the detector,&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert lens specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; for better light capturing&lt;br /&gt;
*  deionized water (same as used in the sample) as the reference/background measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two spectra are measured under identical conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cleaned CQD emission spectrum is obtained by subtracting the water reference from the solution signal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excitation-leakage / Rayleigh-scattering region near the LED wavelength is excluded from analysis, and isolated detector spikes are removed before final metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[INSERT IMAGES]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure the reported spectra accurately reflect the intrinsic photoluminescence (PL) of the Carbon Quantum Dots (CQDs), the following post-acquisition processing protocol was implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the identical optoelectronic configurations conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the solvent blank from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region proximal to the excitation wavelength to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artefacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the processed spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Experiment.jpeg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Apparatus set up/experiment process ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup_R.jpg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup.jpg|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the extremely low brightness of the fluorescence, the experiment was conducted in a dark room. The UV LED was positioned at an angle relative to the beaker so that the most strongly excited fluorescent region was located on the side wall directly facing the spectrometer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the solution concentration had a significant impact on the measurement results. Usable data were obtained only after the solution had been diluted until it became completely colorless and the spectrometer exposure time had been increased to its maximum. A possible explanation is that an excessive concentration of fluorescent species in the solution may partially block the emitted light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \text{argmax}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results and discussions ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:cqd_water_solution_compare.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The background-subtracted spectrum shows a clear broad positive emission band, confirming that the CQD solution produces genuine photoluminescence rather than only solvent or instrumental background. The dominant emission peak is located at &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\mathrm{peak}} = 548.28\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, placing the fluorescence in the green region of the visible spectrum. The extracted peak intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{peak}} = 717.72\ \mathrm{a.u.}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, while the integrated intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}} = 73457.29\ \mathrm{a.u.\ nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, indicating that the sample is clearly fluorescent under the present measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emission width is relatively broad, with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM} = 91.73\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. This suggests that the fluorescence is not produced by a highly uniform single emissive state, but more likely by a distribution of emissive environments or overlapping emissive centers. In other words, the sample shows strong fluorescence but only moderate spectral uniformity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several narrow spikes and sharp dips remain in the cleaned raw trace. These are much narrower than the main emission band and are therefore attributed to detector or subtraction artifacts rather than intrinsic CQD features. Overall, the result indicates a fluorescent green-emitting CQD sample with noticeable spectral heterogeneity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the synthesis side, we achieved the first objective: the prepared solution exhibited clear fluorescence under UV excitation, and we observed a distinct diffusion of fluorescence upon adding droplets into the solution. These macroscopic signatures, together with the peak position visible in our recorded spectra, strongly suggest that fluorescent carbon quantum dot species were successfully produced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, quantitative characterization proved to be the main limitation. Using the Ocean Optics fiber spectrometer, the emission intensity remained too weak for high-precision measurements. Even after adding a focusing lens and increasing the integration time to its maximum, the signal-to-noise ratio was insufficient, and repeated measurements under identical conditions cannot give us a fully reliable result. The lack of a true dark environment further increased background fluctuations and reduced repeatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, practical constraints in sample handling affected data quality over the multi-week timeline. We did not have dedicated storage conditions for high-stability sample preservation, and evaporation and precipitation gradually changed the effective concentration and composition, compromising control over experimental variables. Combined with limited instrumental sensitivity, these factors prevented several planned follow-up analyses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, even some further quantitative analysis was not all achieved, the project successfully demonstrated fluorescent CQD synthesis and established the key experimental bottlenecks for future improvement.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=703</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=703"/>
		<updated>2026-04-11T14:05:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Measurement pipelines */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax, they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepare fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors, followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For synthesis, we dissolve &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g citric acid&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g urea&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;deionized water&#039;&#039;&#039; using standard laboratory glassware (beakers, volumetric flasks, and pipettes), then heat the solution in a &#039;&#039;&#039;microwave oven&#039;&#039;&#039; under controlled conditions until CQDs form. The specific steps are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Prepare the Reagents: Weigh approximately 1 gram of urea and 1 gram of citric acid, and add them both into a test tube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Moisten the Mixture: Add about 3 drops of deionized water to the reaction mixture in the test tube to moisten it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, Microwave Heating: Place the test tube in a household microwave oven and heat it on full power.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Observe and Stop: During the heating process, the mixture will froth and gradually turn darker. Stop the heating once the mixture becomes dark brown and the frothing has mostly subsided. This usually takes about 2 to 3 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The optical setup uses:&lt;br /&gt;
*  a commercial UV LED light pen as the excitation source,&lt;br /&gt;
*  an Ocean Optics &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; spectrometer, as the detector,&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert lens specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; for better light capturing&lt;br /&gt;
*  deionized water (same as used in the sample) as the reference/background measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two spectra are measured under identical conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cleaned CQD emission spectrum is obtained by subtracting the water reference from the solution signal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excitation-leakage / Rayleigh-scattering region near the LED wavelength is excluded from analysis, and isolated detector spikes are removed before final metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[INSERT IMAGES]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure the reported spectra accurately reflect the intrinsic photoluminescence (PL) of the Carbon Quantum Dots (CQDs), the following post-acquisition processing protocol was implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the identical optoelectronic configurations conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the solvent blank from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region proximal to the excitation wavelength to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artefacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the processed spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Experiment.jpeg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Apparatus set up/experiment process ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup_R.jpg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup.jpg|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the extremely low brightness of the fluorescence, the experiment was conducted in a dark room. The UV LED was positioned at an angle relative to the beaker so that the most strongly excited fluorescent region was located on the side wall directly facing the spectrometer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the solution concentration had a significant impact on the measurement results. Usable data were obtained only after the solution had been diluted until it became completely colorless and the spectrometer exposure time had been increased to its maximum. A possible explanation is that an excessive concentration of fluorescent species in the solution may partially block the emitted light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \text{argmax}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results and discussions ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:cqd_water_solution_compare.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The background-subtracted spectrum shows a clear broad positive emission band, confirming that the CQD solution produces genuine photoluminescence rather than only solvent or instrumental background. The dominant emission peak is located at &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\mathrm{peak}} = 548.28\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, placing the fluorescence in the green region of the visible spectrum. The extracted peak intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{peak}} = 717.72\ \mathrm{a.u.}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, while the integrated intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}} = 73457.29\ \mathrm{a.u.\ nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, indicating that the sample is clearly fluorescent under the present measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emission width is relatively broad, with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM} = 91.73\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. This suggests that the fluorescence is not produced by a highly uniform single emissive state, but more likely by a distribution of emissive environments or overlapping emissive centers. In other words, the sample shows strong fluorescence but only moderate spectral uniformity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several narrow spikes and sharp dips remain in the cleaned raw trace. These are much narrower than the main emission band and are therefore attributed to detector or subtraction artifacts rather than intrinsic CQD features. Overall, the result indicates a fluorescent green-emitting CQD sample with noticeable spectral heterogeneity.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=702</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=702"/>
		<updated>2026-04-11T14:05:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Measurement pipelines */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax, they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepare fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors, followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For synthesis, we dissolve &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g citric acid&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g urea&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;deionized water&#039;&#039;&#039; using standard laboratory glassware (beakers, volumetric flasks, and pipettes), then heat the solution in a &#039;&#039;&#039;microwave oven&#039;&#039;&#039; under controlled conditions until CQDs form. The specific steps are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Prepare the Reagents: Weigh approximately 1 gram of urea and 1 gram of citric acid, and add them both into a test tube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Moisten the Mixture: Add about 3 drops of deionized water to the reaction mixture in the test tube to moisten it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, Microwave Heating: Place the test tube in a household microwave oven and heat it on full power.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Observe and Stop: During the heating process, the mixture will froth and gradually turn darker. Stop the heating once the mixture becomes dark brown and the frothing has mostly subsided. This usually takes about 2 to 3 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The optical setup uses:&lt;br /&gt;
*  a commercial UV LED light pen as the excitation source,&lt;br /&gt;
*  an Ocean Optics &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; spectrometer, as the detector,&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert lens specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; for better light capturing&lt;br /&gt;
*  deionized water (same as used in the sample) as the reference/background measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two spectra are measured under identical conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cleaned CQD emission spectrum is obtained by subtracting the water reference from the solution signal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excitation-leakage / Rayleigh-scattering region near the LED wavelength is excluded from analysis, and isolated detector spikes are removed before final metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[INSERT IMAGES]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure the reported spectra accurately reflect the intrinsic photoluminescence (PL) of the Carbon Quantum Dots (CQDs), the following post-acquisition processing protocol was implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the identical optoelectronic configurations conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the solvent blank from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region proximal to the excitation wavelength to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artefacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the processed spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Experiment.jpeg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Apparatus set up/experiment process ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup_R.jpg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup.jpg|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the extremely low brightness of the fluorescence, the experiment was conducted in a dark room. The UV LED was positioned at an angle relative to the beaker so that the most strongly excited fluorescent region was located on the side wall directly facing the spectrometer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the solution concentration had a significant impact on the measurement results. Usable data were obtained only after the solution had been diluted until it became completely colorless and the spectrometer exposure time had been increased to its maximum. A possible explanation is that an excessive concentration of fluorescent species in the solution may partially block the emitted light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \text{argmax}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results and discussions ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:cqd_water_solution_compare.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The background-subtracted spectrum shows a clear broad positive emission band, confirming that the CQD solution produces genuine photoluminescence rather than only solvent or instrumental background. The dominant emission peak is located at &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\mathrm{peak}} = 548.28\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, placing the fluorescence in the green region of the visible spectrum. The extracted peak intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{peak}} = 717.72\ \mathrm{a.u.}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, while the integrated intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}} = 73457.29\ \mathrm{a.u.\ nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, indicating that the sample is clearly fluorescent under the present measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emission width is relatively broad, with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM} = 91.73\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. This suggests that the fluorescence is not produced by a highly uniform single emissive state, but more likely by a distribution of emissive environments or overlapping emissive centers. In other words, the sample shows strong fluorescence but only moderate spectral uniformity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several narrow spikes and sharp dips remain in the cleaned raw trace. These are much narrower than the main emission band and are therefore attributed to detector or subtraction artifacts rather than intrinsic CQD features. Overall, the result indicates a fluorescent green-emitting CQD sample with noticeable spectral heterogeneity.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=701</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=701"/>
		<updated>2026-04-11T13:38:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Data-processing workflow */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax, they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepare fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors, followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For synthesis, we dissolve &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g citric acid&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g urea&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;deionized water&#039;&#039;&#039; using standard laboratory glassware (beakers, volumetric flasks, and pipettes), then heat the solution in a &#039;&#039;&#039;microwave oven&#039;&#039;&#039; under controlled conditions until CQDs form. The specific steps are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Prepare the Reagents: Weigh approximately 1 gram of urea and 1 gram of citric acid, and add them both into a test tube.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Moisten the Mixture: Add about 3 drops of deionized water to the reaction mixture in the test tube to moisten it.&lt;br /&gt;
3, Microwave Heating: Place the test tube in a household microwave oven and heat it on full power.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Observe and Stop: During the heating process, the mixture will froth and gradually turn darker. Stop the heating once the mixture becomes dark brown and the frothing has mostly subsided. This usually takes about 2 to 3 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The optical setup uses:&lt;br /&gt;
*  a commercial UV LED light pen as the excitation source,&lt;br /&gt;
*  an Ocean Optics &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; spectrometer, as the detector,&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert lens specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; for better light capturing&lt;br /&gt;
*  deionized water (same as used in the sample) as the reference/background measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two spectra are measured under identical conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cleaned CQD emission spectrum is obtained by subtracting the water reference from the solution signal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excitation-leakage / Rayleigh-scattering region near the LED wavelength is excluded from analysis, and isolated detector spikes are removed before final metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[INSERT IMAGES]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure the reported spectra accurately reflect the intrinsic photoluminescence (PL) of the Carbon Quantum Dots (CQDs), the following post-acquisition processing protocol was implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the identical optoelectronic configurations conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the solvent blank from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region proximal to the excitation wavelength to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artefacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the processed spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Experiment.jpeg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Apparatus set up/experiment process ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup_R.jpg|500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup.jpg|450px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the extremely low brightness of the fluorescence, the experiment was conducted in a dark room. The UV LED was positioned at an angle relative to the beaker so that the most strongly excited fluorescent region was located on the side wall directly facing the spectrometer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the solution concentration had a significant impact on the measurement results. Usable data were obtained only after the solution had been diluted until it became completely colorless and the spectrometer exposure time had been increased to its maximum. A possible explanation is that an excessive concentration of fluorescent species in the solution may partially block the emitted light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \text{argmax}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results and discussions ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:cqd_water_solution_compare.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The background-subtracted spectrum shows a clear broad positive emission band, confirming that the CQD solution produces genuine photoluminescence rather than only solvent or instrumental background. The dominant emission peak is located at &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\mathrm{peak}} = 548.28\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, placing the fluorescence in the green region of the visible spectrum. The extracted peak intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{peak}} = 717.72\ \mathrm{a.u.}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, while the integrated intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}} = 73457.29\ \mathrm{a.u.\ nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, indicating that the sample is clearly fluorescent under the present measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emission width is relatively broad, with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM} = 91.73\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. This suggests that the fluorescence is not produced by a highly uniform single emissive state, but more likely by a distribution of emissive environments or overlapping emissive centers. In other words, the sample shows strong fluorescence but only moderate spectral uniformity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several narrow spikes and sharp dips remain in the cleaned raw trace. These are much narrower than the main emission band and are therefore attributed to detector or subtraction artifacts rather than intrinsic CQD features. Overall, the result indicates a fluorescent green-emitting CQD sample with noticeable spectral heterogeneity.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=316</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=316"/>
		<updated>2026-03-17T04:31:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Results and discussions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepare fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For synthesis, we dissolve &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g citric acid&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g urea&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;deionized water&#039;&#039;&#039; using standard laboratory glassware (beakers, volumetric flasks, and pipettes), then heat the solution in a &#039;&#039;&#039;microwave oven&#039;&#039;&#039; under controlled conditions until CQDs form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The optical setup uses:&lt;br /&gt;
*  a commercial UV LED light pen as the excitation source,&lt;br /&gt;
*  an Ocean Optics &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; spectrometer, as the detector,&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert lens specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; for better light capturing&lt;br /&gt;
*  deionized water (same as used in the sample) as the reference/background measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two spectra are measured under identical conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cleaned CQD emission spectrum is obtained by subtracting the water reference from the solution signal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excitation-leakage / Rayleigh-scattering region near the LED wavelength is excluded from analysis, and isolated detector spikes are removed before final metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[INSERT IMAGES]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
We follow these steps to ensures that the reported spectrum more closely represents true CQD photoluminescence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the same optical conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the water reference from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region near the excitation source to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artifacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the cleaned spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \text{argmax}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results and discussions ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:cqd_water_solution_compare.pdf|750px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The background-subtracted spectrum shows a clear broad positive emission band, confirming that the CQD solution produces genuine photoluminescence rather than only solvent or instrumental background. The dominant emission peak is located at &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\mathrm{peak}} = 548.28\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, placing the fluorescence in the green region of the visible spectrum. The extracted peak intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{peak}} = 717.72\ \mathrm{a.u.}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, while the integrated intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}} = 73457.29\ \mathrm{a.u.\ nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, indicating that the sample is clearly fluorescent under the present measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emission width is relatively broad, with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM} = 91.73\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. This suggests that the fluorescence is not produced by a highly uniform single emissive state, but more likely by a distribution of emissive environments or overlapping emissive centers. In other words, the sample shows strong fluorescence but only moderate spectral uniformity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several narrow spikes and sharp dips remain in the cleaned raw trace. These are much narrower than the main emission band and are therefore attributed to detector or subtraction artifacts rather than intrinsic CQD features. Overall, the result indicates a fluorescent green-emitting CQD sample with noticeable spectral heterogeneity.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=315</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=315"/>
		<updated>2026-03-17T04:31:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Results and discussions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepare fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For synthesis, we dissolve &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g citric acid&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g urea&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;deionized water&#039;&#039;&#039; using standard laboratory glassware (beakers, volumetric flasks, and pipettes), then heat the solution in a &#039;&#039;&#039;microwave oven&#039;&#039;&#039; under controlled conditions until CQDs form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The optical setup uses:&lt;br /&gt;
*  a commercial UV LED light pen as the excitation source,&lt;br /&gt;
*  an Ocean Optics &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; spectrometer, as the detector,&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert lens specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; for better light capturing&lt;br /&gt;
*  deionized water (same as used in the sample) as the reference/background measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two spectra are measured under identical conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cleaned CQD emission spectrum is obtained by subtracting the water reference from the solution signal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excitation-leakage / Rayleigh-scattering region near the LED wavelength is excluded from analysis, and isolated detector spikes are removed before final metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[INSERT IMAGES]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
We follow these steps to ensures that the reported spectrum more closely represents true CQD photoluminescence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the same optical conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the water reference from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region near the excitation source to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artifacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the cleaned spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \text{argmax}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results and discussions ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:cqd_water_solution_compare.pdf|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The background-subtracted spectrum shows a clear broad positive emission band, confirming that the CQD solution produces genuine photoluminescence rather than only solvent or instrumental background. The dominant emission peak is located at &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\mathrm{peak}} = 548.28\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, placing the fluorescence in the green region of the visible spectrum. The extracted peak intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{peak}} = 717.72\ \mathrm{a.u.}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, while the integrated intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}} = 73457.29\ \mathrm{a.u.\ nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, indicating that the sample is clearly fluorescent under the present measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emission width is relatively broad, with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM} = 91.73\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. This suggests that the fluorescence is not produced by a highly uniform single emissive state, but more likely by a distribution of emissive environments or overlapping emissive centers. In other words, the sample shows strong fluorescence but only moderate spectral uniformity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several narrow spikes and sharp dips remain in the cleaned raw trace. These are much narrower than the main emission band and are therefore attributed to detector or subtraction artifacts rather than intrinsic CQD features. Overall, the result indicates a fluorescent green-emitting CQD sample with noticeable spectral heterogeneity.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=314</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=314"/>
		<updated>2026-03-17T04:30:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Results and discussions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepare fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For synthesis, we dissolve &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g citric acid&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g urea&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;deionized water&#039;&#039;&#039; using standard laboratory glassware (beakers, volumetric flasks, and pipettes), then heat the solution in a &#039;&#039;&#039;microwave oven&#039;&#039;&#039; under controlled conditions until CQDs form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The optical setup uses:&lt;br /&gt;
*  a commercial UV LED light pen as the excitation source,&lt;br /&gt;
*  an Ocean Optics &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; spectrometer, as the detector,&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert lens specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; for better light capturing&lt;br /&gt;
*  deionized water (same as used in the sample) as the reference/background measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two spectra are measured under identical conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cleaned CQD emission spectrum is obtained by subtracting the water reference from the solution signal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excitation-leakage / Rayleigh-scattering region near the LED wavelength is excluded from analysis, and isolated detector spikes are removed before final metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[INSERT IMAGES]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
We follow these steps to ensures that the reported spectrum more closely represents true CQD photoluminescence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the same optical conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the water reference from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region near the excitation source to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artifacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the cleaned spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \text{argmax}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results and discussions ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:cqd_water_solution_compare.pdf|780px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The background-subtracted spectrum shows a clear broad positive emission band, confirming that the CQD solution produces genuine photoluminescence rather than only solvent or instrumental background. The dominant emission peak is located at &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\mathrm{peak}} = 548.28\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, placing the fluorescence in the green region of the visible spectrum. The extracted peak intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{peak}} = 717.72\ \mathrm{a.u.}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, while the integrated intensity is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}} = 73457.29\ \mathrm{a.u.\ nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, indicating that the sample is clearly fluorescent under the present measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emission width is relatively broad, with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM} = 91.73\ \mathrm{nm}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. This suggests that the fluorescence is not produced by a highly uniform single emissive state, but more likely by a distribution of emissive environments or overlapping emissive centers. In other words, the sample shows strong fluorescence but only moderate spectral uniformity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several narrow spikes and sharp dips remain in the cleaned raw trace. These are much narrower than the main emission band and are therefore attributed to detector or subtraction artifacts rather than intrinsic CQD features. Overall, the result indicates a fluorescent green-emitting CQD sample with noticeable spectral heterogeneity.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=313</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=313"/>
		<updated>2026-03-17T04:24:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Results and discussions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepare fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For synthesis, we dissolve &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g citric acid&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g urea&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;deionized water&#039;&#039;&#039; using standard laboratory glassware (beakers, volumetric flasks, and pipettes), then heat the solution in a &#039;&#039;&#039;microwave oven&#039;&#039;&#039; under controlled conditions until CQDs form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The optical setup uses:&lt;br /&gt;
*  a commercial UV LED light pen as the excitation source,&lt;br /&gt;
*  an Ocean Optics &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; spectrometer, as the detector,&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert lens specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; for better light capturing&lt;br /&gt;
*  deionized water (same as used in the sample) as the reference/background measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two spectra are measured under identical conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cleaned CQD emission spectrum is obtained by subtracting the water reference from the solution signal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excitation-leakage / Rayleigh-scattering region near the LED wavelength is excluded from analysis, and isolated detector spikes are removed before final metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[INSERT IMAGES]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
We follow these steps to ensures that the reported spectrum more closely represents true CQD photoluminescence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the same optical conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the water reference from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region near the excitation source to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artifacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the cleaned spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \text{argmax}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results and discussions ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:cqd_water_solution_compare.pdf|780px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=File:Cqd_water_solution_compare.pdf&amp;diff=312</id>
		<title>File:Cqd water solution compare.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=File:Cqd_water_solution_compare.pdf&amp;diff=312"/>
		<updated>2026-03-17T04:22:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=311</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=311"/>
		<updated>2026-03-17T04:08:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepare fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For synthesis, we dissolve &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g citric acid&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g urea&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;deionized water&#039;&#039;&#039; using standard laboratory glassware (beakers, volumetric flasks, and pipettes), then heat the solution in a &#039;&#039;&#039;microwave oven&#039;&#039;&#039; under controlled conditions until CQDs form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The optical setup uses:&lt;br /&gt;
*  a commercial UV LED light pen as the excitation source,&lt;br /&gt;
*  an Ocean Optics &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; spectrometer, as the detector,&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert lens specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; for better light capturing&lt;br /&gt;
*  deionized water (same as used in the sample) as the reference/background measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two spectra are measured under identical conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cleaned CQD emission spectrum is obtained by subtracting the water reference from the solution signal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excitation-leakage / Rayleigh-scattering region near the LED wavelength is excluded from analysis, and isolated detector spikes are removed before final metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[INSERT IMAGES]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
We follow these steps to ensures that the reported spectrum more closely represents true CQD photoluminescence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the same optical conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the water reference from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region near the excitation source to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artifacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the cleaned spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \text{argmax}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results and discussions ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=310</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=310"/>
		<updated>2026-03-17T04:08:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* 2. Peak wavelength */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepare fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For synthesis, we dissolve &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g citric acid&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g urea&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;deionized water&#039;&#039;&#039; using standard laboratory glassware (beakers, volumetric flasks, and pipettes), then heat the solution in a &#039;&#039;&#039;microwave oven&#039;&#039;&#039; under controlled conditions until CQDs form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The optical setup uses:&lt;br /&gt;
*  a commercial UV LED light pen as the excitation source,&lt;br /&gt;
*  an Ocean Optics &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; spectrometer, as the detector,&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert lens specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; for better light capturing&lt;br /&gt;
*  deionized water (same as used in the sample) as the reference/background measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two spectra are measured under identical conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cleaned CQD emission spectrum is obtained by subtracting the water reference from the solution signal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excitation-leakage / Rayleigh-scattering region near the LED wavelength is excluded from analysis, and isolated detector spikes are removed before final metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[INSERT IMAGES]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
We follow these steps to ensures that the reported spectrum more closely represents true CQD photoluminescence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the same optical conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the water reference from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region near the excitation source to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artifacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the cleaned spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \text{argmax}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results and discussions ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=309</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=309"/>
		<updated>2026-03-17T04:07:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Results and discussions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepare fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For synthesis, we dissolve &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g citric acid&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g urea&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;deionized water&#039;&#039;&#039; using standard laboratory glassware (beakers, volumetric flasks, and pipettes), then heat the solution in a &#039;&#039;&#039;microwave oven&#039;&#039;&#039; under controlled conditions until CQDs form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The optical setup uses:&lt;br /&gt;
*  a commercial UV LED light pen as the excitation source,&lt;br /&gt;
*  an Ocean Optics &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; spectrometer, as the detector,&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert lens specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; for better light capturing&lt;br /&gt;
*  deionized water (same as used in the sample) as the reference/background measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two spectra are measured under identical conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cleaned CQD emission spectrum is obtained by subtracting the water reference from the solution signal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excitation-leakage / Rayleigh-scattering region near the LED wavelength is excluded from analysis, and isolated detector spikes are removed before final metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[INSERT IMAGES]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
We follow these steps to ensures that the reported spectrum more closely represents true CQD photoluminescence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the same optical conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the water reference from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region near the excitation source to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artifacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the cleaned spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \operatorname*{arg\,max}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results and discussions ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=308</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=308"/>
		<updated>2026-03-17T04:05:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Measurement pipelines */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepare fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For synthesis, we dissolve &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g citric acid&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g urea&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;deionized water&#039;&#039;&#039; using standard laboratory glassware (beakers, volumetric flasks, and pipettes), then heat the solution in a &#039;&#039;&#039;microwave oven&#039;&#039;&#039; under controlled conditions until CQDs form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The optical setup uses:&lt;br /&gt;
*  a commercial UV LED light pen as the excitation source,&lt;br /&gt;
*  an Ocean Optics &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; spectrometer, as the detector,&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert lens specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; for better light capturing&lt;br /&gt;
*  deionized water (same as used in the sample) as the reference/background measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two spectra are measured under identical conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cleaned CQD emission spectrum is obtained by subtracting the water reference from the solution signal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excitation-leakage / Rayleigh-scattering region near the LED wavelength is excluded from analysis, and isolated detector spikes are removed before final metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[INSERT IMAGES]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
We follow these steps to ensures that the reported spectrum more closely represents true CQD photoluminescence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the same optical conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the water reference from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region near the excitation source to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artifacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the cleaned spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \operatorname*{arg\,max}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data sheets ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Lightsource===&lt;br /&gt;
UVlaser diode: [[image:Wuerth_153283367A212.pdf|600px| Wuerth 153283367A212]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=307</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=307"/>
		<updated>2026-03-17T04:04:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Report objectives and scope */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepare fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For synthesis, we dissolve &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g citric acid&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g urea&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;deionized water&#039;&#039;&#039; using standard laboratory glassware (beakers, volumetric flasks, and pipettes), then heat the solution in a &#039;&#039;&#039;microwave oven&#039;&#039;&#039; under controlled conditions until CQDs form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The optical setup uses:&lt;br /&gt;
*  a commercial UV LED light pen as the excitation source,&lt;br /&gt;
*  an Ocean Optics &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; spectrometer, as the detector,&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert lens specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; for better light capturing&lt;br /&gt;
*  deionized water (same as used in the sample) as the reference/background measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two spectra are measured under identical conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cleaned CQD emission spectrum is obtained by subtracting the water reference from the solution signal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excitation-leakage / Rayleigh-scattering region near the LED wavelength is excluded from analysis, and isolated detector spikes are removed before final metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
We follow these steps to ensures that the reported spectrum more closely represents true CQD photoluminescence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the same optical conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the water reference from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region near the excitation source to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artifacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the cleaned spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \operatorname*{arg\,max}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data sheets ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Lightsource===&lt;br /&gt;
UVlaser diode: [[image:Wuerth_153283367A212.pdf|600px| Wuerth 153283367A212]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=306</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=306"/>
		<updated>2026-03-17T04:03:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Methodology*/&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Report objectives and scope==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of this work is to quantify the &#039;&#039;&#039;optical fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; of citric-acid/urea carbon quantum dots (CQDs) using a repeatable optical setup based on &#039;&#039;&#039;UV LED excitation&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;spectrometer detection&#039;&#039;&#039;. The goal is to generate metrics that allow comparison of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis is designed to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# isolate true photoluminescence (PL) from optical artifacts,&lt;br /&gt;
# extract robust spectral quality metrics,&lt;br /&gt;
# assess whether the emission is relatively uniform or heterogeneous,&lt;br /&gt;
# evaluate whether observed differences are real or caused by measurement noise or drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this project, “quality” refers to optical fluorescence quality, not full chemical or structural quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A higher-quality CQD solution is defined as one that shows:&lt;br /&gt;
*  stronger fluorescence under fixed measurement conditions,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a cleaner and more stable emission spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
*  a narrower and more uniform emission band,&lt;br /&gt;
*  better repeatability across repeated measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, CQD quality is evaluated through four dimensions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\text{Quality}\sim\text{brightness} + \text{spectral purity} + \text{spectral uniformity} + \text{measurement repeatability}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Measurement pipelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepare fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For synthesis, we dissolve &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g citric acid&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g urea&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;deionized water&#039;&#039;&#039; using standard laboratory glassware (beakers, volumetric flasks, and pipettes), then heat the solution in a &#039;&#039;&#039;microwave oven&#039;&#039;&#039; under controlled conditions until CQDs form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The optical setup uses:&lt;br /&gt;
*  a commercial UV LED light pen as the excitation source,&lt;br /&gt;
*  an Ocean Optics &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; spectrometer, as the detector,&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;&#039;[insert lens specs]&#039;&#039;&#039; for better light capturing&lt;br /&gt;
*  deionized water (same as used in the sample) as the reference/background measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two spectra are measured under identical conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;water spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, representing solvent and setup background,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# the &#039;&#039;&#039;solution spectrum&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing both CQD emission and background contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cleaned CQD emission spectrum is obtained by subtracting the water reference from the solution signal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excitation-leakage / Rayleigh-scattering region near the LED wavelength is excluded from analysis, and isolated detector spikes are removed before final metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data-processing workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
We follow these steps to ensures that the reported spectrum more closely represents true CQD photoluminescence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire raw spectra of water and CQD solution under the same optical conditions using the &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the spectra in wavelength.&lt;br /&gt;
# Subtract the water reference from the solution spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
# Exclude the wavelength region near the excitation source to remove excitation leakage and Rayleigh scattering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove isolated detector spikes and nonphysical subtraction artifacts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the cleaned spectrum for metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, we report the following quantities for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Cleaned emission spectrum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary processed output is the cleaned CQD photoluminescence spectrum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda) = I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda) - \alpha I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{solution}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the measured CQD solution spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{water}}(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the water reference spectrum,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the background scaling factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This cleaned spectrum is used for all subsequent metric extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Peak wavelength ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak wavelength is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\lambda_{\text{peak}} = \operatorname*{arg\,max}_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the dominant emission position and serves as a spectral-color / emissive-state indicator. Stable values of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; across repeated measurements or across batches suggest more consistent synthesis and more reproducible emissive behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Peak intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The peak intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{peak}} = \max_{\lambda} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives the maximum signal level in the cleaned spectrum. It is useful as a simple brightness indicator, but it is more sensitive to noise and alignment than integrated intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. Integrated intensity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integrated emission intensity is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I_{\text{int}} = \int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2} I_{\text{clean}}(\lambda)\, d\lambda&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; define the valid emission range used for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main brightness metric used in this work because it captures the total emitted signal and is more robust than peak intensity for comparing different batches under fixed measurement conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5. Full width at half maximum (FWHM) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectral width is quantified using the full width at half maximum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{FWHM} = \lambda_{\text{right}} - \lambda_{\text{left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{left}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{right}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the wavelengths at which the cleaned spectrum reaches half of the peak intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FWHM is used as the main spectral-uniformity metric. A smaller FWHM suggests a narrower and more uniform emission band, while a larger FWHM suggests broader emission and greater heterogeneity of emissive states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6. Signal-to-background ratio (SBR) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To evaluate measurement quality and confidence in the extracted signal, the signal-to-background ratio is defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{SBR} = \frac{I_{\text{peak}}}{\sigma_{\text{baseline}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_{\text{baseline}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the standard deviation of the cleaned signal in a wavelength region where no real CQD photoluminescence is expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A larger SBR indicates that the detected fluorescence is strong relative to the residual background noise, and therefore more reliable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 7. Repeatability / precision ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assess whether differences between samples are real rather than caused by setup drift or noise, repeated measurements are used. For any metric &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the mean and standard deviation are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\bar{x} = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{k=1}^{n} x_k&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
s_x = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{k=1}^{n}(x_k - \bar{x})^2}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative standard deviation (RSD) is then defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD}(x)\% = \frac{s_x}{\bar{x}} \times 100\%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this work, the most useful repeatability metrics are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\lambda_{\text{peak}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(I_{\text{int}})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}(\mathrm{FWHM})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lower RSD indicates better measurement precision and higher confidence in batch-to-batch comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8. Summary of key quality metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary quality metrics used in this work are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\text{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main brightness metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\text{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the dominant emission-position metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{FWHM}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as the main spectral-uniformity / heterogeneity metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{SBR}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as a measurement-confidence metric,&lt;br /&gt;
* repeatability metrics based on &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{RSD}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to quantify precision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Together, these quantities provide a practical framework for comparing the optical fluorescence quality of CQD batches produced under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data sheets ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Lightsource===&lt;br /&gt;
UVlaser diode: [[image:Wuerth_153283367A212.pdf|600px| Wuerth 153283367A212]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=190</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=190"/>
		<updated>2026-02-20T03:18:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Materials and Apparatus */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Experimental goals and measurables ==&lt;br /&gt;
Under the scope of this project, we aim to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantify CQD fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; with a repeatable optical setup (UV LED excitation + spectrometer detection), producing metrics that can compare batches made under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Ensure the sensor reads true photoluminescence (PL)&#039;&#039;&#039; while filtering out optical artifacts (excitation leakage/scattering, solvent Raman, detector spikes), so the reported metrics reflect material quality.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Use spectral features to infer consistency and composition&#039;&#039;&#039;, i.e., whether emission is dominated by a single emissive population (more reproducible) or multiple emissive centers/byproducts (more heterogeneous).&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Evaluate measurement repeatability&#039;&#039;&#039; (precision) so we can trust changes across samples as real, not instrument drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To achieve these goals, we record the emission spectra of CQDs under UV excitation and extract from each sample:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Valid emission spectrum (after cleaning)&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. We will explicitly flag and remove Rayleigh scattering / excitation leakage.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Peak wavelength (color indicator)&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\mathrm{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and intensity &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Integrated intensity (brightness metric)&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Peak width (FWHM)&#039;&#039;&#039; to track spectral broadening or mixed emission.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, we evaluate the sensor performance by the standard deviation across repeated measurements:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD\%}=\frac{s}{\bar x}\times 100\%=&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{\sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{i=1}^{n}(x_i-\bar x)^2}}{\frac 1 n\sum_{i=1}^{n}x_i}.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Materials and Apparatus ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepare fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For synthesis, we dissolve &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g citric acid&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g urea&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;deionized water&#039;&#039;&#039; using standard laboratory glassware (beakers, volumetric flasks, and pipettes), then heat the solution on a &#039;&#039;&#039;hot plate&#039;&#039;&#039; under controlled conditions until CQDs form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optical excitation, we use a &#039;&#039;&#039;50 mW UV LED&#039;&#039;&#039; with a mounted aspheric lens to focus the excitation onto the sample. A &#039;&#039;&#039;GG-400 long-pass filter (25.4 mm diameter)&#039;&#039;&#039; is placed in the collection path to suppress residual UV excitation and Rayleigh-scattered light, so that the recorded signal is dominated by CQD fluorescence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fluorescence spectra are measured using an &#039;&#039;&#039;Ocean Optics USB2000+ spectrometer&#039;&#039;&#039;, with &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software used for spectral acquisition, data logging, and subsequent analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:uvled.jpg|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data sheets ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Lightsource===&lt;br /&gt;
UVlaser diode: [[image:Wuerth_153283367A212.pdf|600px| Wuerth 153283367A212]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=File:Uvled.jpg&amp;diff=189</id>
		<title>File:Uvled.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=File:Uvled.jpg&amp;diff=189"/>
		<updated>2026-02-20T03:16:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=188</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=188"/>
		<updated>2026-02-20T02:58:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Materials and Apparatus */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Experimental goals and measurables ==&lt;br /&gt;
Under the scope of this project, we aim to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantify CQD fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; with a repeatable optical setup (UV LED excitation + spectrometer detection), producing metrics that can compare batches made under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Ensure the sensor reads true photoluminescence (PL)&#039;&#039;&#039; while filtering out optical artifacts (excitation leakage/scattering, solvent Raman, detector spikes), so the reported metrics reflect material quality.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Use spectral features to infer consistency and composition&#039;&#039;&#039;, i.e., whether emission is dominated by a single emissive population (more reproducible) or multiple emissive centers/byproducts (more heterogeneous).&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Evaluate measurement repeatability&#039;&#039;&#039; (precision) so we can trust changes across samples as real, not instrument drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To achieve these goals, we record the emission spectra of CQDs under UV excitation and extract from each sample:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Valid emission spectrum (after cleaning)&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. We will explicitly flag and remove Rayleigh scattering / excitation leakage.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Peak wavelength (color indicator)&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\mathrm{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and intensity &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Integrated intensity (brightness metric)&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Peak width (FWHM)&#039;&#039;&#039; to track spectral broadening or mixed emission.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, we evaluate the sensor performance by the standard deviation across repeated measurements:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD\%}=\frac{s}{\bar x}\times 100\%=&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{\sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{i=1}^{n}(x_i-\bar x)^2}}{\frac 1 n\sum_{i=1}^{n}x_i}.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Materials and Apparatus ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepare fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating an aqueous mixture of citric acid and urea, which promotes dehydration and condensation of the precursors followed by partial carbonization to form nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid serves as the carbon source, while urea introduces nitrogen-containing surface functional groups that improve water dispersibility and typically increase fluorescence intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For synthesis, we dissolve &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g citric acid&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;1 g urea&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;deionized water&#039;&#039;&#039; using standard laboratory glassware (beakers, volumetric flasks, and pipettes), then heat the solution on a &#039;&#039;&#039;hot plate&#039;&#039;&#039; under controlled conditions until CQDs form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For optical excitation, we use a &#039;&#039;&#039;50 mW UV LED&#039;&#039;&#039; with a mounted aspheric lens to focus the excitation onto the sample. A &#039;&#039;&#039;GG-400 long-pass filter (25.4 mm diameter)&#039;&#039;&#039; is placed in the collection path to suppress residual UV excitation and Rayleigh-scattered light, so that the recorded signal is dominated by CQD fluorescence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fluorescence spectra are measured using an &#039;&#039;&#039;Ocean Optics USB2000+ spectrometer&#039;&#039;&#039;, with &#039;&#039;&#039;OceanView&#039;&#039;&#039; software used for spectral acquisition, data logging, and subsequent analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data sheets ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Lightsource===&lt;br /&gt;
UVlaser diode: [[image:Wuerth_153283367A212.pdf|600px| Wuerth 153283367A212]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=187</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=187"/>
		<updated>2026-02-20T02:48:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: /* Materials and Apparatus */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Experimental goals and measurables ==&lt;br /&gt;
Under the scope of this project, we aim to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantify CQD fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; with a repeatable optical setup (UV LED excitation + spectrometer detection), producing metrics that can compare batches made under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Ensure the sensor reads true photoluminescence (PL)&#039;&#039;&#039; while filtering out optical artifacts (excitation leakage/scattering, solvent Raman, detector spikes), so the reported metrics reflect material quality.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Use spectral features to infer consistency and composition&#039;&#039;&#039;, i.e., whether emission is dominated by a single emissive population (more reproducible) or multiple emissive centers/byproducts (more heterogeneous).&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Evaluate measurement repeatability&#039;&#039;&#039; (precision) so we can trust changes across samples as real, not instrument drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To achieve these goals, we record the emission spectra of CQDs under UV excitation and extract from each sample:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Valid emission spectrum (after cleaning)&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. We will explicitly flag and remove Rayleigh scattering / excitation leakage.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Peak wavelength (color indicator)&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\mathrm{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and intensity &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Integrated intensity (brightness metric)&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Peak width (FWHM)&#039;&#039;&#039; to track spectral broadening or mixed emission.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, we evaluate the sensor performance by the standard deviation across repeated measurements:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD\%}=\frac{s}{\bar x}\times 100\%=&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{\sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{i=1}^{n}(x_i-\bar x)^2}}{\frac 1 n\sum_{i=1}^{n}x_i}.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Materials and Apparatus ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prepare the fluorescent carbon quantum dots (CQDs) by heating a mixture of citric acid and urea to drive dehydration, condensation, and partial carbonization into nanoscale carbonaceous particles. Citric acid provides the carbon precursor, while urea supplies nitrogen-containing groups that remain on the particle surface and help enhance fluorescence and water dispersibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The synthesis uses&lt;br /&gt;
1. 1g of citric acid, 1g of urea, deionized water;&lt;br /&gt;
2. standard glassware (beakers, volumetric flasks, pipettes);&lt;br /&gt;
3. controlled heating setup (hot plate).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For excitation, we use a 50mW UV LED&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data sheets ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Lightsource===&lt;br /&gt;
UVlaser diode: [[image:Wuerth_153283367A212.pdf|600px| Wuerth 153283367A212]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=174</id>
		<title>Fluorescence Sensor for Carbon Quantum Dots: Synthesis, Characterization, and Quality Control</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pc5271.org/index.php?title=Fluorescence_Sensor_for_Carbon_Quantum_Dots:_Synthesis,_Characterization,_and_Quality_Control&amp;diff=174"/>
		<updated>2026-02-12T04:37:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Xiaoyue: Created page with &amp;quot;== Introduction == Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings.  In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluo...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carbon quantum dots (CQDs) are fluorescent nanomaterials that can be formulated into water-based coatings and inks, enabling UV-activated visuals for applications such as exhibition displays, interactive graphics, and covert markings. &lt;br /&gt;
In this project, we focus on CQDs synthesized from citric acid and urea because the system is low-cost, relatively safe, and easy to prepare with typical teaching-lab equipment, and it commonly yields bright visible fluorescence (often in the green region) that can be excited using a simple UV source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citric acid + urea CQDs are typically made by heating an aqueous precursor solution (e.g., hydrothermal or microwave). During heating, the molecules dehydrate and partially carbonize, forming tiny carbon-rich particles while leaving oxygen- and nitrogen-containing groups on the surface. These CQDs fluoresce because UV/blue light excites electrons to higher energy, and when the electrons relax they emit visible light; the brightness and color depend strongly on the size/structure of the carbon core and, especially, on surface “states” created by surface groups and defects.&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the heating conditions can also produce small fluorescent byproducts in addition to the dots, so two batches made with slightly different time/power/temperature can have noticeably different intensity and spectral shape.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, our goal is to build and use a repeatable fluorescence sensing setup (UV excitation + spectrometer readout) to quantitatively evaluate CQD “quality” using objective metrics such as fluorescence intensity and spectral consistency, and to relate these metrics back to controllable synthesis parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sections that follow, we outline the sensing rationale, define our experimental goals and measurables, and then detail the synthesis and fluorescence-measurement methodology used to quantify CQD quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Experimental goals and measurables ==&lt;br /&gt;
Under the scope of this project, we aim to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantify CQD fluorescence quality&#039;&#039;&#039; with a repeatable optical setup (UV LED excitation + spectrometer detection), producing metrics that can compare batches made under different synthesis conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Ensure the sensor reads true photoluminescence (PL)&#039;&#039;&#039; while filtering out optical artifacts (excitation leakage/scattering, solvent Raman, detector spikes), so the reported metrics reflect material quality.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Use spectral features to infer consistency and composition&#039;&#039;&#039;, i.e., whether emission is dominated by a single emissive population (more reproducible) or multiple emissive centers/byproducts (more heterogeneous).&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Evaluate measurement repeatability&#039;&#039;&#039; (precision) so we can trust changes across samples as real, not instrument drift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To achieve these goals, we record the emission spectra of CQDs under UV excitation and extract from each sample:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Valid emission spectrum (after cleaning)&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I(\lambda)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. We will explicitly flag and remove Rayleigh scattering / excitation leakage.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Peak wavelength (color indicator)&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{\mathrm{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and intensity &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{peak}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Integrated intensity (brightness metric)&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{\mathrm{int}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Peak width (FWHM)&#039;&#039;&#039; to track spectral broadening or mixed emission.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, we evaluate the sensor performance by the standard deviation across repeated measurements:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathrm{RSD\%}=\frac{s}{\bar x}\times 100\%=&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{\sqrt{\frac{1}{n-1}\sum_{i=1}^{n}(x_i-\bar x)^2}}{\frac 1 n\sum_{i=1}^{n}x_i}.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Materials and Apparatus ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Xiaoyue</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>